1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
989 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
990 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
991 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
992 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
993 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
994 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
995 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
999 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1001 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1002 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1003 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1006 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1007 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1008 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1009 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1011 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1013 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1014 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1016 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1017 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1018 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1019 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1020 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1021 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1022 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1024 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1025 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1026 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1027 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1028 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1029 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1030 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1031 memory content has not changed.
1033 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1036 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1037 several times when GDB stops.
1040 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1041 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1042 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1043 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1044 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1045 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1046 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1047 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1048 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1049 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1051 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1052 removal from inferior. */
1055 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1057 int within_current_scope
;
1058 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1059 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1063 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1064 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1065 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1066 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1069 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1070 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1071 breakpoints if needed. */
1074 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1079 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1080 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1081 within_current_scope
= 1;
1084 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1086 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1087 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1088 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1089 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1092 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1094 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1095 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1096 if (within_current_scope
)
1100 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1109 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1110 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1111 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1112 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1113 be completely different objects. */
1114 value_free (b
->val
);
1119 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1120 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1121 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1122 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1123 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1124 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1126 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1127 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1128 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1130 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1132 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1133 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1135 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1137 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1138 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1139 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1140 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1147 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1148 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1149 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1150 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1153 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1155 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1157 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1160 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1163 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1164 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1165 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1166 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1168 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1172 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1174 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1175 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1177 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1178 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1179 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1180 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1181 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1182 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1183 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1185 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1187 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1188 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1189 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1191 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1192 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1198 addr
= value_address (v
);
1199 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1201 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1203 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1206 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1207 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1210 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1212 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1213 loc
->address
= addr
;
1215 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1219 next
= value_next (v
);
1224 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1225 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1226 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1227 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1228 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1230 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1231 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1234 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1236 printf_filtered (_("\
1237 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1238 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1240 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1241 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1242 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1245 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1247 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1251 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1252 inserted in the inferior. */
1254 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1256 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1259 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1262 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1265 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1266 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1267 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1268 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1269 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1270 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1271 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1272 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1273 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1276 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1278 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1284 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1285 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1286 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1288 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1289 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1291 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1292 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1293 int *disabled_breaks
,
1294 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1298 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1301 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1302 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1303 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1304 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1306 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1307 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1309 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1311 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1312 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1313 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1314 Two important cases are:
1315 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1316 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1317 hardware breakpoint.
1318 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1319 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1320 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1322 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1323 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1324 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1325 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1326 struct mem_region
*mr
1327 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1331 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1334 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1336 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1337 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1339 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1341 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1343 static int said
= 0;
1344 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1347 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1348 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1353 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1354 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1355 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1356 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1360 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1361 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1362 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1363 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1365 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1367 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1368 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1371 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1376 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1377 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1378 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1380 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1381 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1382 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1383 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1384 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1385 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1390 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1391 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1392 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1393 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1394 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1396 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1397 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1398 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1401 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1402 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1404 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1405 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1406 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1409 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1414 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1415 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1422 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1423 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1425 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1427 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1428 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1430 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1431 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1432 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1433 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1434 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1436 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1437 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1438 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1442 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1444 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1445 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1446 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1447 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1451 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1452 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1453 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1454 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1455 "Error accessing memory address ");
1456 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1458 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1459 safe_strerror (val
));
1470 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1471 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1472 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1473 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1475 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1477 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1478 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1481 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1483 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1484 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1485 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1486 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1488 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1492 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1493 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1494 so just return success. */
1501 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1502 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1506 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1508 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1509 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1511 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1514 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1518 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1519 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1522 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1524 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1526 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1527 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1529 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1530 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1532 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1538 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1539 removed locations above. */
1540 update_global_location_list (0);
1543 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1544 Throws exception on any error.
1545 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1546 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1548 insert_breakpoints (void)
1550 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1553 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1554 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1556 update_global_location_list (1);
1558 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1559 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1561 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1562 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1565 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1566 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1567 Both return zero if successful,
1568 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1571 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1573 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1574 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1577 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1578 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1580 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1581 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1583 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1584 there was an error. */
1585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1587 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1591 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1592 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1594 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1597 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1598 thread no longer exists. */
1599 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1600 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1603 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1605 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1606 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1607 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1608 insert breakpoints. */
1609 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1610 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1613 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1615 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1620 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1621 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1624 int some_failed
= 0;
1625 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1627 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1630 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1633 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1636 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1637 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1644 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1646 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1648 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1649 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1650 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1658 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1659 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1660 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1663 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1664 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1666 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1667 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1670 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1674 remove_breakpoints (void)
1676 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1679 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1682 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1687 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1690 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1692 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1694 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1696 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1698 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1703 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1712 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1714 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1717 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1719 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1720 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1726 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1728 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1729 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1731 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1732 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1733 struct inferior
*inf
;
1734 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1736 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1740 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1741 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1743 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1745 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1749 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1755 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1759 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1764 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1768 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1770 static struct breakpoint
*
1771 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1772 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1774 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1777 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1780 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1781 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1783 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1784 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1785 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1791 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1793 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1795 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1797 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1798 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1800 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1804 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1805 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1807 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1809 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1811 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1812 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1816 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1817 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1820 update_global_location_list (1);
1824 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1826 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1827 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1828 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1830 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1832 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1833 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1835 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1836 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1838 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1841 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1843 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1847 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1848 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1850 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1851 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1853 update_global_location_list (1);
1855 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1859 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1862 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1863 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1865 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1866 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1867 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1868 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1869 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1870 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1871 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1872 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1873 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1874 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1875 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1879 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1882 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1883 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1885 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1889 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1890 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1896 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1897 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1898 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1899 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1901 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1905 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1906 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1908 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1912 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1914 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1916 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1920 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1922 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1923 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1924 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1925 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1929 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1930 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1931 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1932 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1933 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1934 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1936 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1937 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1938 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1939 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1940 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1941 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1942 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1944 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1945 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1946 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1947 let finish_command delete it.
1949 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1950 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1951 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1952 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1953 solib breakpoints.) */
1955 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1960 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1961 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1963 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1969 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1970 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1971 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1972 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1973 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1974 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1978 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1980 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1982 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1983 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1985 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1986 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1988 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1989 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1992 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1996 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2002 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2003 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2004 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2005 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2006 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2009 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2012 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2014 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2015 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2018 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2019 This should not ever happen. */
2020 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2022 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2023 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2025 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2026 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2027 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2029 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2030 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2031 || b
->section
== NULL
2032 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2034 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2036 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2037 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2039 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2043 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2044 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2045 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2047 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2048 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2050 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2051 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2052 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2053 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2054 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2056 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2057 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2059 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2060 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2063 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2064 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2065 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2066 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2067 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2068 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2071 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2072 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2073 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2074 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2075 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2082 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2087 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2088 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2089 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2090 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2095 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2097 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2102 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2103 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2104 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2106 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2107 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2108 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2111 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2112 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2115 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2117 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2120 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2127 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2130 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2132 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2133 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2136 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2137 This should not ever happen. */
2138 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2140 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2142 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2144 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2146 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2150 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2153 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2155 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2158 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2162 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2163 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2165 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2168 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2169 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2170 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2175 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2177 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2178 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2180 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2182 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2184 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2187 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2189 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2190 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2196 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2202 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2204 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2205 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2208 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2209 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2213 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2214 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2215 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2217 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2218 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2219 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2220 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2222 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2223 in insert_breakpoints. */
2225 value_free (b
->val
);
2235 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2236 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2237 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2238 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2241 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2242 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2243 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2244 match, not program space. */
2246 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2247 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2248 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2249 permanent breakpoint.
2250 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2251 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2252 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2253 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2254 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2256 enum breakpoint_here
2257 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2259 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2260 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2264 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2265 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2268 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2269 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2270 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2273 if (overlay_debugging
2274 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2275 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2276 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2277 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2278 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2280 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2284 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2287 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2290 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2292 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2295 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2296 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2303 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2304 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2305 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2306 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2309 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2311 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2313 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2315 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2316 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2320 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2323 if (overlay_debugging
2324 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2325 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2326 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2334 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2335 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2338 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2340 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2343 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2349 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2353 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2355 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2356 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2358 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2360 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2364 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2367 if (overlay_debugging
2368 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2369 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2370 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2376 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2377 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2384 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2385 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2387 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2391 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2393 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2394 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2397 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2400 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2401 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2405 /* Check for intersection. */
2406 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2407 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2415 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2416 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2419 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2422 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2423 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2429 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2430 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2433 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2434 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2437 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2441 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2443 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2444 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2445 it is now time to do so. */
2447 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2448 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2452 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2454 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2455 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2456 it is now time to do so. */
2458 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2459 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2463 if (overlay_debugging
2464 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2465 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2466 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2475 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2479 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2481 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2485 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2487 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2488 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2489 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2493 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2494 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2497 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2514 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2515 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2518 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2522 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2527 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2529 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2530 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2531 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2532 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2533 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2535 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2536 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2540 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2550 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2553 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2558 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2560 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2566 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2567 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2568 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2570 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2571 step_resume breakpoint.
2573 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2575 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2579 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2581 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2583 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2585 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2586 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2587 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2588 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2589 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2592 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2596 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2597 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2598 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2599 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2600 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2601 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2603 Return 1 otherwise. */
2606 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2611 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2613 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2614 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2615 this function might return the same number more
2616 than once and this will look ugly. */
2617 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2618 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2620 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2622 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2626 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2629 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2631 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2633 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2634 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2636 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2642 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2645 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2647 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2649 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2651 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2652 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2653 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2654 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2659 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2662 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2664 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2666 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2669 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2670 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2671 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2672 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2674 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2675 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2676 bpstat of the current thread. */
2679 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2682 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2685 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2687 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2690 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2691 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2693 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2696 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2697 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2699 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2700 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2702 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2704 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2705 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2706 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2707 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2708 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2709 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2710 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2711 the tree when we're done. */
2714 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2718 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2720 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2726 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2727 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2729 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2731 if (target_can_async_p ())
2732 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2733 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2734 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2737 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2738 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2739 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2740 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2741 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2742 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2743 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2744 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2745 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2746 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2747 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2748 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2749 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2754 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2759 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2761 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2762 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2763 && target_has_execution
2764 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2765 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2766 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2767 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2768 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2769 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2770 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2774 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2777 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2783 struct value_print_options opts
;
2784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2785 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2789 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2790 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2791 by having it set different print_it values.
2793 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2794 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2795 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2796 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2797 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2799 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2800 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2801 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2802 don't print anything else.
2803 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2804 that something to be followed by a location.
2805 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2806 that something to be followed by a location.
2807 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2810 static enum print_stop_action
2811 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2813 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2814 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2815 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2816 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2818 enum print_stop_action result
;
2820 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2821 which has since been deleted. */
2822 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2824 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2827 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2828 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2833 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2834 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2835 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2836 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2839 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2841 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2843 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2844 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2846 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2847 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2850 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2851 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2852 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2855 case bp_shlib_event
:
2856 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2857 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2858 to shlib event" message.) */
2859 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2860 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2863 case bp_thread_event
:
2864 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2865 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2866 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2867 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2870 case bp_overlay_event
:
2871 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2872 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2873 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2876 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2877 /* These should never be enabled. */
2878 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2879 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2883 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2884 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2885 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2890 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2891 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2892 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2893 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2895 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2896 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2898 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2899 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2902 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2903 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2906 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2908 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2910 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2911 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2913 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2916 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2917 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2919 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2920 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2923 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2925 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2926 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2927 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2928 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2929 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2937 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2938 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2941 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2942 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2944 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2947 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2954 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2955 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2962 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2963 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2968 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2969 case bp_step_resume
:
2970 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2975 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2979 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2983 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2984 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2985 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2986 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2989 static enum print_stop_action
2990 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2992 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2995 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2996 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3000 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3001 relevant messages. */
3002 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3005 case print_it_normal
:
3007 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3008 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3010 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3011 print_it_typical. */
3012 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3013 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3014 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3016 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3021 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3022 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3027 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3028 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3029 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3030 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3031 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3032 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3035 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3036 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3037 code to print the location. An example is
3038 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3040 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3041 to also print the location part of the message.
3042 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3043 don't require a location appended to the end.
3044 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3045 further info to be printed.*/
3047 enum print_stop_action
3048 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3052 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3053 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3054 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3055 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3056 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3058 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3059 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3060 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3061 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3065 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3066 with and nothing was printed. */
3067 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3070 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3071 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3072 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3073 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3076 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3078 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3079 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3080 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3084 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3087 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3091 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3093 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3094 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3095 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3097 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3101 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3102 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3105 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3107 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3109 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3111 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3113 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3114 as not triggered. */
3116 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3117 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3118 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3119 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3124 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3126 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3127 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3129 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3130 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3131 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3132 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3134 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3137 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3138 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3142 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3143 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3144 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3146 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3149 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3150 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3151 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3153 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3157 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3165 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3166 because of check_errors). */
3167 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3168 #define WP_DELETED 1
3169 /* The value has changed. */
3170 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3171 /* The value has not changed. */
3172 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3174 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3175 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3177 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
3180 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3182 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3183 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3184 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3185 int within_current_scope
;
3187 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3189 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3190 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3191 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3192 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3193 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3195 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3196 within_current_scope
= 1;
3199 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3200 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3201 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3203 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3204 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3206 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3207 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3208 if (within_current_scope
)
3210 struct symbol
*function
;
3212 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3213 if (function
== NULL
3214 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3215 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3216 within_current_scope
= 0;
3219 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3220 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3221 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3222 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3223 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3224 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3225 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3226 is likely to be wrong. */
3227 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3228 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3230 if (within_current_scope
)
3231 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3232 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3237 if (within_current_scope
)
3239 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3240 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3241 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3242 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3244 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3245 struct value
*new_val
;
3247 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3248 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3249 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3251 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3253 release_value (new_val
);
3254 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3256 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3259 /* We will stop here */
3260 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3264 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3265 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3266 /* We won't stop here */
3267 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3272 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3273 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3274 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3275 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3276 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3277 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3278 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3279 the first value assigned). */
3280 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3281 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3282 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3283 information here. */
3284 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3286 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3287 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3288 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3289 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3290 which its expression is valid.\n");
3292 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3293 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3294 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3300 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3301 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3302 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3304 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3305 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3307 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3309 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3311 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
3314 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3315 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3316 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3317 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3318 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3319 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3321 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3324 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3325 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3326 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3330 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3331 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3332 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3333 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3334 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3335 (did not match the data address). */
3337 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3338 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3339 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3340 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3343 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3345 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3347 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3348 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3349 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3353 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3355 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3356 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3363 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3364 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3367 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3369 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3370 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3372 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3373 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3374 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3375 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3379 int must_check_value
= 0;
3381 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3382 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3384 must_check_value
= 1;
3385 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3386 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3387 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3389 must_check_value
= 1;
3390 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3391 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3392 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3393 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3394 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3395 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3396 must_check_value
= 1;
3398 if (must_check_value
)
3400 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3402 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3403 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3405 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3409 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3410 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3413 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3414 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3416 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3417 the value has changed. This is for targets
3418 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3419 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3423 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3424 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3425 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3427 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3428 the value hasn't changed. */
3429 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3437 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3438 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3439 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3440 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3441 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3442 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3443 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3447 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3449 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3450 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3451 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3452 anything for this watchpoint. */
3453 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3460 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3461 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3462 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3464 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3466 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3467 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3468 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3470 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3471 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3475 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3477 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3478 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3479 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3481 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3482 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3484 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3486 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3487 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3488 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3489 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3491 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3493 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3494 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3495 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3496 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3497 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3499 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3501 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3502 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3504 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3505 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3507 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3511 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3515 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3518 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3520 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3528 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3529 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3531 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3532 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3534 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3536 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3538 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3539 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3540 several reasons concurrently.)
3542 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3543 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3546 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3547 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3549 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3550 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3551 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3552 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3553 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3554 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3555 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3557 int need_remove_insert
;
3559 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
3560 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
3561 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
3565 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3568 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
3570 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3571 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3572 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3573 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3575 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3578 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
3581 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3584 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3586 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3588 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3589 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3594 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3598 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3599 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3600 /* We do not stop for these. */
3603 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3609 /* We will stop here */
3610 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3612 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3613 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3614 update_global_location_list (0);
3618 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3620 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3621 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q",
3622 bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3624 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3627 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3630 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
3631 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3632 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3636 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3638 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3641 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3642 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3645 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3649 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3650 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3652 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3653 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3654 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3656 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3660 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3662 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3664 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3665 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3667 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3668 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3669 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3670 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3671 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3674 if (need_remove_insert
)
3675 update_global_location_list (1);
3677 return root_bs
->next
;
3680 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3682 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3684 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3687 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3690 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3693 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3696 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3699 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3702 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3705 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3708 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3711 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3714 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3717 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3720 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3724 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3725 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3726 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3727 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3728 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3729 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3730 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3731 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3732 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3733 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3734 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3735 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3737 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3738 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3739 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3740 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3742 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3743 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3744 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3745 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3746 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3747 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3748 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3750 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3751 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3752 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3753 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3756 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3757 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3758 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3759 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3766 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3767 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3768 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3769 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3770 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3772 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3773 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3774 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3776 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3777 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3780 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3781 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3782 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3783 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3784 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3785 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3786 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3787 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3788 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3789 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3790 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3791 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3805 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3806 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3808 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3809 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3811 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3812 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3813 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3814 which has since been deleted. */
3816 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3817 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3819 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3825 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3831 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3833 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3836 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3839 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3840 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3841 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3845 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3847 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3850 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3851 This requires no further action. */
3852 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3855 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3857 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3858 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3860 case bp_step_resume
:
3863 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3866 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3867 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3869 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3870 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3872 case bp_shlib_event
:
3873 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3876 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3878 case bp_thread_event
:
3879 case bp_overlay_event
:
3880 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3881 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3887 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3889 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3892 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3893 This requires no further action. */
3894 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3897 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3898 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3899 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3900 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3903 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3904 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3906 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3907 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3910 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3912 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3916 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3917 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3918 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3921 bpstat_should_step (void)
3923 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3925 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3931 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
3933 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3942 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
3944 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3945 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3947 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3949 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3951 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
3955 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3957 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
3960 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3963 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3964 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3965 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3966 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3967 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3969 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3970 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3972 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3974 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3975 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3978 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3981 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3985 print_address_symbolic (loc
->address
, stb
->stream
, demangle
, "");
3986 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3989 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3991 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3994 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3996 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3997 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3999 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4000 int print_address_bits
,
4003 struct command_line
*l
;
4005 struct ep_type_description
4010 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4012 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4013 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4014 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4015 {bp_until
, "until"},
4016 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4017 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4018 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4019 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4020 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4021 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4022 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4023 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4024 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4025 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4026 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4027 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4028 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4029 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4030 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4031 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4032 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4035 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4036 char wrap_indent
[80];
4037 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4038 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4039 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4041 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4042 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4043 struct value_print_options opts
;
4045 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4047 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4048 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4049 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4053 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4054 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4059 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4063 if (part_of_multiple
)
4066 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4067 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4072 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4077 if (part_of_multiple
)
4078 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4081 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4082 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4083 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4084 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4086 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4091 if (part_of_multiple
)
4092 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4094 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4099 if (part_of_multiple
)
4100 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4102 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4103 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4104 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4108 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4109 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4111 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4112 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4114 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4117 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4119 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4120 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4121 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4122 just one location. */
4123 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4124 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4130 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4131 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4135 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4136 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4137 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4138 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4139 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4140 is relatively readable). */
4141 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4142 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4144 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4148 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4152 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4153 case bp_step_resume
:
4154 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4156 case bp_shlib_event
:
4157 case bp_thread_event
:
4158 case bp_overlay_event
:
4159 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4162 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4165 if (header_of_multiple
)
4166 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4167 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4168 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4170 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4171 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4174 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4175 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4182 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4185 && !header_of_multiple
4187 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4188 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4189 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4190 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4192 struct inferior
*inf
;
4195 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4197 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4202 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4205 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4206 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4211 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4213 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4215 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4216 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4217 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4218 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4220 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4222 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4223 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4227 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4229 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4232 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4233 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4235 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4236 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4237 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4240 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4242 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4243 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4244 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4246 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4249 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4250 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4254 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4256 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4257 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4258 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4259 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4262 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4264 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4265 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4266 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4268 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4269 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4270 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4271 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4272 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4274 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4277 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4278 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4279 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4280 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4281 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4283 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4286 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4287 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4288 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4292 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4294 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4297 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4298 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4299 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4302 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4304 annotate_field (10);
4305 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4306 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4307 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4310 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4312 annotate_field (11);
4313 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4314 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4315 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4318 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4320 struct action_line
*action
;
4321 annotate_field (12);
4322 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4324 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4325 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4326 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4330 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4333 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4334 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4335 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4338 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4339 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4343 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4344 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4347 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4348 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4350 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4351 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4352 locations, if any. */
4353 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4355 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4356 disabled, we print it as if it had
4357 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4358 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4360 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4361 several locations internally, that's no a property
4364 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4365 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4366 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4368 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4370 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4371 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4372 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4378 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4380 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4381 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4383 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4385 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4386 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4387 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4390 return print_address_bits
;
4393 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4399 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4401 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4402 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4403 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4406 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4408 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4409 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4417 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4419 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4421 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4423 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4424 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4430 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4431 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4434 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4436 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4437 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4438 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4439 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4440 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4441 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4442 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4443 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4446 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4447 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4448 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4451 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4453 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4454 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4455 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4456 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4457 struct value_print_options opts
;
4458 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4460 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4462 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4463 size required for address fields. */
4464 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4467 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4469 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4471 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4472 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4473 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4475 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4479 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4481 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4485 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4488 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4489 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4490 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4492 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4493 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4495 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4496 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4498 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4499 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4501 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4502 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4504 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4506 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4507 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4509 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4511 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4513 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4514 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4515 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4516 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4520 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4522 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4524 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4525 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4528 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4530 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4533 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4535 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4540 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4541 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4544 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4545 there have been breakpoints? */
4546 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4550 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4555 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4557 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4561 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4566 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4568 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4572 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4573 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4574 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4576 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4577 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4579 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4580 && bl
->address
== pc
4581 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4587 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4588 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4592 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4593 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4594 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4597 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4600 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4604 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4605 else /* if (others == ???) */
4606 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4608 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4611 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4612 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4613 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4614 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4615 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4616 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4617 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4618 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4619 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4621 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4625 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4627 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4628 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4629 printf_filtered (".\n");
4633 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4634 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4637 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4638 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4641 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4642 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4643 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4644 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4645 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4648 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4649 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4650 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4651 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4653 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4654 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4655 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4663 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4665 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4667 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4670 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4671 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4674 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4676 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4677 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4678 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4679 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4682 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4683 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4684 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4685 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4688 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4689 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4691 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4692 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4696 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4697 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4698 represent the same location. */
4701 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4703 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4704 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4706 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4709 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4711 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4712 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4716 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4717 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4722 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4723 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4725 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4726 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4728 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4731 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4732 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4733 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4734 this function is simply the identity function. */
4737 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4738 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4740 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4742 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4745 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4746 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4747 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4748 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4749 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4751 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4752 have their addresses modified. */
4757 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4759 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4760 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4761 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4763 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4764 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4766 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4767 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4769 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4773 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4775 static struct bp_location
*
4776 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4778 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4780 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4781 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4785 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4795 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4796 case bp_step_resume
:
4797 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4799 case bp_shlib_event
:
4800 case bp_thread_event
:
4801 case bp_overlay_event
:
4803 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4804 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4806 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4807 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4809 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4810 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4811 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4812 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4816 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4819 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4825 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4830 if (loc
->function_name
)
4831 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4836 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4837 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4838 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4840 static struct breakpoint
*
4841 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4844 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4846 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4847 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4850 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4851 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4852 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4854 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4857 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4859 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4860 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4861 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4862 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4864 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4866 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4867 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4868 of increasing numbers. */
4870 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4872 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4882 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4884 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4886 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4887 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4888 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4890 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4892 if (loc
->function_name
)
4893 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4897 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4898 static struct gdbarch
*
4899 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4902 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4904 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4909 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4910 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4911 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4912 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4913 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4914 is also returned as the value of this function.
4916 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4917 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4918 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4919 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4920 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4921 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4922 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4925 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4926 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4928 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4929 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4930 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4932 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4934 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4936 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4937 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4939 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4940 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4941 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4942 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4943 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4944 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4945 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4947 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4948 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4949 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4950 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4951 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4953 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4954 breakpoint resetting. */
4955 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4957 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4958 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4960 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4961 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4962 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4964 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4966 breakpoints_changed ();
4972 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4973 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4975 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4977 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4978 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4980 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4981 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4982 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4983 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4984 but it's easy to implmement. */
4985 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4989 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4990 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4991 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4994 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4996 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4998 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
4999 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5000 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5001 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5002 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5003 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5004 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5006 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5007 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5008 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5012 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5014 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5016 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5018 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5019 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5021 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5022 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5027 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5029 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5032 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5034 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5035 update_global_location_list (1);
5036 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5041 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5043 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5046 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5048 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5049 update_global_location_list (0);
5050 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5055 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5059 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5061 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5062 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5064 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5066 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5072 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5074 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5076 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5077 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5078 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5079 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5082 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5085 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5086 char ***addr_string_p
;
5090 struct lang_and_radix
5096 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5099 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5101 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5103 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5104 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5109 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5111 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5113 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5114 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5115 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5116 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5120 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5122 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5124 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5125 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5129 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5130 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5133 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5135 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5137 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5139 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5140 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5141 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5142 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5143 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5144 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5145 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5146 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5147 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5148 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5149 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5151 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5153 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5157 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5162 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5163 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5166 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5168 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5169 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5171 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5172 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5173 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5174 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5175 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5176 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5179 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5181 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5182 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5183 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5184 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5185 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5186 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5187 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5189 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5190 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5191 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5192 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5194 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5196 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5197 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5200 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5205 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5207 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5210 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5212 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5215 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5218 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5220 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5223 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5227 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5229 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5232 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5234 static enum print_stop_action
5235 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5237 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5238 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5239 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5240 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5243 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5246 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5248 struct value_print_options opts
;
5250 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5252 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5253 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5254 is relatively readable). */
5255 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5256 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5258 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5259 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5261 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5262 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5263 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5264 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5268 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5272 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5274 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5279 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5283 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5284 print_it_catch_fork
,
5285 print_one_catch_fork
,
5286 print_mention_catch_fork
5289 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5292 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5294 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5297 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5300 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5302 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5305 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5309 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5311 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5314 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5316 static enum print_stop_action
5317 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5319 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5320 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5321 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5322 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5325 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5328 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5330 struct value_print_options opts
;
5332 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5333 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5334 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5335 is relatively readable). */
5336 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5337 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5339 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5340 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5342 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5343 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5344 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5345 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5349 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5353 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5355 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5358 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5360 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5364 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5365 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5366 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5367 print_mention_catch_vfork
5370 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5374 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5376 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5378 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5379 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5380 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5385 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5389 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5391 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5392 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5394 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5395 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5397 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5398 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5400 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5401 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5405 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5406 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5407 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5408 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5409 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5412 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5416 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5418 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5420 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5421 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5422 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5427 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5431 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5432 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5434 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5435 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5439 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5440 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5441 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5442 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5443 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5446 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5450 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5452 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5453 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5454 syscall we are catching. */
5455 int syscall_number
= 0;
5457 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5460 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5461 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5465 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5467 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5477 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5480 static enum print_stop_action
5481 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5483 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5484 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5485 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5486 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5488 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5490 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5493 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5495 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5497 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5500 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5502 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5504 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5506 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5507 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5508 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5509 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5510 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5511 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5513 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5515 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5518 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5522 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5523 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5525 struct value_print_options opts
;
5527 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5528 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5529 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5530 is relatively readable). */
5531 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5532 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5535 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5536 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5537 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5539 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5541 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5544 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5546 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5551 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5554 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5556 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5558 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5559 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5563 /* Remove the last comma. */
5564 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5565 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5568 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5569 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5572 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5576 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5578 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5582 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5583 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5585 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5588 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5592 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5595 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5597 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5599 printf_filtered (")");
5602 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5606 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5608 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5610 insert_catch_syscall
,
5611 remove_catch_syscall
,
5612 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5613 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5614 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5615 print_mention_catch_syscall
5618 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5621 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5623 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5626 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5627 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5628 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5629 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5631 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5632 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5633 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5634 to the catchpoint. */
5636 static struct breakpoint
*
5637 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5639 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5641 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5645 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5647 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5648 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5649 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5651 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5653 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5654 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5655 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5661 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5663 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5664 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5665 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5666 to the catchpoint. */
5668 static struct breakpoint
*
5669 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5670 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5672 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5673 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5676 update_global_location_list (1);
5682 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5683 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5684 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5686 struct breakpoint
*b
5687 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5689 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5691 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5694 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5697 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5699 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5703 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5705 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5709 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5711 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5714 static enum print_stop_action
5715 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5717 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5718 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5720 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5724 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5726 struct value_print_options opts
;
5728 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5730 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5731 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5732 is relatively readable). */
5733 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5734 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5736 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5737 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5739 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5740 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5741 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5746 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5748 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5751 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5755 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5756 print_it_catch_exec
,
5757 print_one_catch_exec
,
5758 print_mention_catch_exec
5762 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5763 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5765 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5766 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5767 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5769 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5771 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5774 update_global_location_list (1);
5778 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5780 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5785 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5793 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5795 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5798 *other_type_used
= 0;
5801 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5803 if (b
->type
== type
)
5805 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5806 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5807 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5808 *other_type_used
= 1;
5815 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5817 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5821 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5822 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5823 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5824 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5825 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5827 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5828 update_global_location_list (0);
5834 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5836 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5840 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5841 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5842 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5843 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5844 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5846 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5847 update_global_location_list (1);
5853 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5855 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5860 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5863 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5864 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5865 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5867 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5873 update_global_location_list (0);
5875 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5879 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5881 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5884 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5888 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5891 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5892 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5893 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5895 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5901 breakpoint_re_set ();
5905 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5906 at address specified by SAL.
5907 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5910 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5911 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5913 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5915 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5917 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5919 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5920 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5921 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5922 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5924 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5925 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5926 single thread of control. */
5927 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5928 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5930 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5935 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5939 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5941 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5943 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5947 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5948 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5949 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5951 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5952 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5953 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5954 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5955 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5957 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5958 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5960 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5962 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5963 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5964 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5965 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5967 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5968 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5969 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5971 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5976 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5979 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5981 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5983 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5984 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5986 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5990 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5993 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5996 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
5997 struct value_print_options opts
;
5999 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6001 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6002 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6003 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6004 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6005 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6007 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6008 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6013 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6016 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6017 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6018 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6019 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6020 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6021 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6023 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6025 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6026 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6027 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6028 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6029 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6031 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6033 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6034 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6035 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6036 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6037 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6039 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6040 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6041 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6042 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6043 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6044 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6045 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6048 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6053 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6054 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6056 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6057 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6060 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6061 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6066 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6070 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6075 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6076 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6083 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6084 case bp_step_resume
:
6086 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6087 case bp_shlib_event
:
6088 case bp_thread_event
:
6089 case bp_overlay_event
:
6091 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6097 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6101 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6105 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6107 printf_filtered (" at ");
6108 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6112 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6113 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6117 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6119 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6121 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6126 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6128 printf_filtered ("\n");
6132 static struct bp_location
*
6133 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6134 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6136 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6138 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6139 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6142 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6144 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6145 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6146 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6147 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6148 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6149 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6150 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6152 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6157 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6158 return 0 otherwise. */
6161 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6165 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6166 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6167 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6170 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6172 addr
= loc
->address
;
6173 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6175 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6179 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6181 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6182 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6183 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6184 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6186 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6187 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6189 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6190 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6193 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6200 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6201 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6202 as condition expression. */
6205 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6206 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6208 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6209 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6210 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6212 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6215 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6217 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6218 int target_resources_ok
=
6219 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6221 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6222 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6223 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6224 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6227 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6229 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6231 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6232 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6236 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6238 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6240 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6241 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6246 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6247 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6248 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6252 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6253 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6254 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6255 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6257 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6259 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6260 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6261 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6262 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6268 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6271 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6272 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6276 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6277 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6279 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6284 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6286 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6289 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6295 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6296 elements to fill the void space. */
6298 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6300 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6301 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6303 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6304 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6309 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6310 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6311 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6312 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6313 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6314 single expanded sal, return the original.
6316 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6317 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6318 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6319 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6320 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6322 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6323 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6325 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6326 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6327 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6330 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6332 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6333 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6334 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6337 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6338 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6344 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6346 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6348 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6350 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6351 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6353 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6355 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6356 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6357 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6359 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6360 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6361 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6362 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6363 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6367 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6369 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6370 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6372 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6373 char *this_function
;
6375 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6377 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6379 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6380 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6383 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6385 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6388 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6390 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6392 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6394 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6397 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6398 we should really always find the section here. */
6399 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6402 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6403 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6405 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6414 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6416 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6417 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6418 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6422 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6424 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6426 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6427 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6428 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6429 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6431 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6432 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6433 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6440 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6441 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6452 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6453 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6454 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6455 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6456 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6457 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6458 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6459 we take just a single condition string.
6461 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6462 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6463 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6464 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6465 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6468 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6469 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6471 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6472 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6473 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6477 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6479 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6480 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6482 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6483 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6484 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6488 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6489 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6490 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6491 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6494 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6495 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6496 char ***addr_string
,
6499 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6500 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6501 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6503 if ((*address
) == NULL
6504 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6506 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6508 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6509 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6510 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6511 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6512 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6513 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6514 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6515 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6516 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6518 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6519 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6520 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6521 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6523 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6525 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6529 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6533 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6534 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6535 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6536 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6537 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6538 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6540 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6542 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6544 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6545 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6546 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6547 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6550 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6551 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6553 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6554 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6555 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6556 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6559 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6561 /* Add the string if not present. */
6562 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6563 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6569 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6570 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6573 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6577 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6578 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6582 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6584 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6586 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6587 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6590 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6591 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6592 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6593 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6594 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6595 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6597 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6598 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6600 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6606 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6607 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6608 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6613 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6616 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6618 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6620 struct expression
*expr
;
6622 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6623 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6626 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6627 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6629 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6635 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6637 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6638 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6639 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6641 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6647 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6649 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6650 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6651 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
6654 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6658 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6659 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6660 This function has two major modes of operations,
6661 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6662 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6663 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6664 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6665 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6669 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6670 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6671 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6672 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6674 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6675 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6679 struct gdb_exception e
;
6680 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6681 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6684 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6686 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6687 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6688 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6692 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6699 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6700 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6701 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6702 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6704 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6705 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6707 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6711 throw_exception (e
);
6715 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6717 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6720 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6721 throw_exception (e
);
6723 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6725 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6726 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6727 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6728 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6731 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6732 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6733 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6734 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6735 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6736 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6738 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6743 throw_exception (e
);
6750 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6751 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6755 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6756 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6758 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6759 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6762 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6763 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6764 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6765 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6766 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6768 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6769 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6770 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6772 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6773 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6776 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6777 are ok for the target. */
6779 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6781 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6783 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6785 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6786 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6790 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6792 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6793 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6794 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6795 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6798 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6801 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6805 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6808 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6809 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6812 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6813 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6814 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6818 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6819 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6821 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6823 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6824 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6825 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6827 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6828 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6829 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6830 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6831 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6833 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6834 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6836 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6837 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6838 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6839 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6845 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6846 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6847 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6849 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6850 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6851 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6853 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6854 update_global_location_list (1);
6857 /* Set a breakpoint.
6858 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6859 condition, and thread.
6860 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6861 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6865 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6867 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6868 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6870 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6872 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6873 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6874 0 /* Ignore count */,
6875 pending_break_support
,
6876 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6883 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6884 char *address
, char *condition
,
6885 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6886 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6887 int pending
, int enabled
)
6889 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6890 address
, condition
, thread
,
6891 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6892 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6895 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6899 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6900 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6901 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6904 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6907 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6910 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6911 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6913 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6915 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6918 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6919 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6921 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6922 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6927 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6930 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6933 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6937 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6939 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6940 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6941 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6944 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6945 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6946 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6948 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6949 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6950 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6951 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6955 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6957 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6961 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6964 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6967 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6968 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6972 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6973 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6974 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6977 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6978 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6980 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6982 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6984 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6986 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6993 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6995 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6999 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7001 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7005 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7007 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7011 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7013 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7017 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7019 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7020 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7021 stop at <line>\n"));
7025 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7029 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7031 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7036 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7037 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7038 function/method name */
7039 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7041 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7046 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7048 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7052 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7054 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7058 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7062 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7069 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7070 it is probably a line number. */
7071 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7073 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7078 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7080 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7084 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7086 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7089 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7090 hw_read: watch read,
7091 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7093 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7095 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7096 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7097 struct expression
*exp
;
7098 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7099 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7100 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7101 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7102 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7103 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7105 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7106 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7107 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7108 enum bptype bp_type
;
7112 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7113 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7115 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7117 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7118 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7120 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7121 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7122 be the thread identifier. */
7123 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7125 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7128 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7129 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7131 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7132 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7133 reach a "thread" token. */
7134 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7139 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7142 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7143 calculate the length of the token. */
7145 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7147 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7149 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7150 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7151 only in a specific thread. */
7154 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7155 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7157 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7159 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7160 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7162 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7163 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7164 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7166 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7167 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7168 evaluate_expression() function. */
7173 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7174 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7176 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7178 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7179 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7181 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7184 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7185 mark
= value_mark ();
7186 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7188 release_value (val
);
7191 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7195 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7198 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7199 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7201 struct expression
*cond
;
7203 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7204 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7209 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7211 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7212 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7213 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7214 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7216 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7218 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7219 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7220 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7223 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7224 target_resources_ok
=
7225 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7227 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7228 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7230 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7231 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7234 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7235 watchpoint could not be set. */
7236 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7237 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7239 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7241 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7242 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7243 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7244 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7245 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7247 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7250 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7251 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7252 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7254 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7256 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7257 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7259 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7260 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7262 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7263 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7264 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7265 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7266 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7267 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7268 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7269 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7270 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7274 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7275 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7276 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7277 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7279 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7281 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7282 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7286 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7292 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7293 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7297 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7298 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7301 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7303 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7304 need to act on them together. */
7305 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7306 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7309 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7311 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7312 that should be inserted. */
7313 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7316 update_global_location_list (1);
7319 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7320 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7321 in hardware return zero. */
7324 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7326 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7327 struct value
*head
= v
;
7329 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7330 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7333 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7334 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7335 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7336 hardware watchpoint.
7338 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7339 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7340 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7341 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7342 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7343 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7344 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7345 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7346 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7348 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7349 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7350 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7351 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7352 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7354 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7357 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7358 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7359 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7363 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7364 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7365 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7367 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7368 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7369 middle of some value chain. */
7371 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7372 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7374 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7375 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7377 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7384 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7385 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7386 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7387 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7388 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7391 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7392 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7393 return found_memory_cnt
;
7397 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7399 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7403 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7405 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7409 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7411 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7415 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7417 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7421 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7423 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7427 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7429 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7433 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7434 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7436 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7438 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7439 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7442 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7443 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7444 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7447 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7449 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7451 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7453 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7457 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7459 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7460 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7461 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7462 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7463 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7464 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7466 clear_proceed_status ();
7468 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7471 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7472 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7473 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7475 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7476 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7478 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7479 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7482 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7485 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7487 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7490 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7491 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7492 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7493 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7495 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7496 at the very same frame. */
7497 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7498 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7501 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7503 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7506 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7508 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7509 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7510 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7512 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7514 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7517 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7519 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7520 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7521 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7522 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7524 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7526 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7527 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7529 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7530 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7532 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7533 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7534 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7538 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7542 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7544 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7546 while (isspace (**s
))
7550 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7551 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7553 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7554 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7555 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7556 if clause in the arg string. */
7559 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7563 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7566 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7569 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7570 condition string. */
7571 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7574 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7575 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7580 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7581 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7583 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7584 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7585 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7586 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7588 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7589 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7591 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7593 static char filename
[1024];
7598 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7616 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7617 process start/exit, etc. */
7621 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7622 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7627 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7629 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7630 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7631 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7634 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7635 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7636 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7640 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7642 /* The allowed syntax is:
7644 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7646 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7647 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7649 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7650 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7652 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7653 and enable reporting of such events. */
7656 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7657 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7658 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7659 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7661 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7662 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7663 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7664 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7667 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7673 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7675 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7677 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7679 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7683 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7685 /* The allowed syntax is:
7687 catch exec if <cond>
7689 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7690 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7692 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7693 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7695 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7696 and enable reporting of such events. */
7697 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7698 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7701 static enum print_stop_action
7702 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7704 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7706 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7708 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7709 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7710 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7713 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7715 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7717 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7718 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7720 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7721 : " (exception caught), ");
7722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7724 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7725 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7726 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7727 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7729 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7733 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7735 struct value_print_options opts
;
7736 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7737 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7740 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7741 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7743 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7744 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7749 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7750 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7752 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7756 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7761 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7762 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7763 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7764 : _("Catchpoint "));
7765 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7766 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7770 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7773 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7774 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7775 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7776 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7780 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7781 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7783 char *trigger_func_name
;
7785 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7786 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7788 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7790 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7791 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7792 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7795 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7796 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7802 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7805 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7806 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7808 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7809 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7813 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7815 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7817 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7818 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7820 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7821 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7822 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7824 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7827 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7830 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7833 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7835 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7836 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7839 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7842 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7844 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7845 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7848 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7851 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7852 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7856 struct expression
*cond
,
7857 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7865 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7867 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7869 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7870 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7871 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7872 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7873 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7874 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7875 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7876 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7877 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7878 enough for now, though. */
7881 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7882 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7884 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7885 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7886 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7887 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7888 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7889 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7890 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7891 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7892 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7897 update_global_location_list (1);
7900 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7903 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7904 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7906 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7908 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7910 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7911 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7912 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7913 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7914 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7916 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7920 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7921 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7922 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7923 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7927 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7929 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7931 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7932 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7935 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7936 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7938 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7940 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7941 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7943 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7945 int i
, syscall_number
;
7950 /* Skip whitespace. */
7951 while (isspace (*arg
))
7954 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7955 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7959 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7960 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7961 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7962 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7965 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7967 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7969 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7970 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7971 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7973 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7976 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7977 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7980 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7984 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7987 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7992 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7994 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
7995 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
7996 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
7997 this architeture yet."));
7999 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8001 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8003 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8004 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8005 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8006 for his/her architecture. */
8007 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8009 /* The allowed syntax is:
8011 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8013 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8016 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8020 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8021 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8024 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8027 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8029 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8031 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8032 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8033 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8035 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8039 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8040 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8041 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8045 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8047 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8052 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8054 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8057 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8060 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8062 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8063 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8066 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8067 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8072 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8077 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8078 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8079 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8080 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8081 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8082 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8083 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8084 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8085 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8086 error (_("No source file specified."));
8094 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8095 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8096 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8097 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8098 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8100 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8101 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8102 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8103 due to optimization, all in one block.
8104 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8105 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8106 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8107 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8108 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8111 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8112 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8113 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8117 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8119 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8120 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8121 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8124 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8129 1 0 <can't happen> */
8133 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8138 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8139 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8140 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8141 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8142 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8143 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8145 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8146 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8148 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8149 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8150 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8151 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8152 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8153 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8154 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8155 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8156 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8157 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8158 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8159 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8168 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8171 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8172 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8175 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8177 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8180 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8181 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8184 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8185 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8187 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8189 breakpoints_changed ();
8191 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8194 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8195 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8198 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8201 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8202 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8203 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8206 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8208 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8210 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8211 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8212 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8213 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8215 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8217 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8219 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8220 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8224 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8225 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8226 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8227 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8228 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8231 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8233 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8234 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8235 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8236 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8238 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8239 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8241 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8242 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8243 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8245 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8246 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8248 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8249 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8250 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8252 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8255 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8256 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8257 the bp_location array. */
8260 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8262 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8264 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8265 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8267 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8269 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8271 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8274 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8275 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8277 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8278 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8279 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8280 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8282 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8284 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8285 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8286 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8287 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8291 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8292 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8293 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8294 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8295 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8296 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8297 returns true on them.
8299 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8300 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8301 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8302 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8303 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8304 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8307 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8309 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8310 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8311 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8313 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8314 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8315 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8316 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8317 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8319 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8320 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8321 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8322 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8324 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8325 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8326 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8327 unsigned old_location_count
;
8329 old_location
= bp_location
;
8330 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8332 bp_location_count
= 0;
8333 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8336 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8337 bp_location_count
++;
8339 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8342 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8344 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8345 bp_location_compare
);
8347 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8349 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8350 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8351 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8352 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8353 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8355 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8356 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8359 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8362 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8363 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8365 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8367 int found_object
= 0;
8368 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8369 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8372 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8373 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8374 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8375 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8379 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8380 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8383 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8390 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8391 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8392 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8393 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8396 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8398 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8400 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8402 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8403 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8408 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8409 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8410 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8412 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8415 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8416 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8419 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8421 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8423 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8424 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8425 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8426 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8429 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8438 if (!keep_in_target
)
8440 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8442 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8443 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8444 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8447 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8448 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8449 after calling us. */
8450 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8451 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8459 if (removed
&& non_stop
8460 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8461 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8463 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8464 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8465 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8466 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8467 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8468 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8469 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8470 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8471 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8472 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8473 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8474 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8475 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8476 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8479 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8480 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8482 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8483 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8484 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8485 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8486 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8487 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8488 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8489 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8490 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8491 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8492 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8493 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8494 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8497 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8498 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8499 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8500 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8502 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8503 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8504 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8505 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8506 traps we can no longer explain. */
8508 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8509 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8511 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8514 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8518 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8519 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8520 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8521 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8522 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8523 are sorted first for the same address.
8525 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8526 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8528 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8529 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8530 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8531 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8532 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8534 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8535 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8537 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8538 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8539 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8541 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8542 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8545 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8546 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8547 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8548 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8549 "actually inserted"));
8551 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8552 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8553 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8554 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8555 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8556 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8558 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8560 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8561 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8562 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8571 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8572 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8573 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8574 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8575 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8578 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8579 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8580 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8581 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8583 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8587 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8589 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8592 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8593 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8595 free_bp_location (loc
);
8596 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8602 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8604 struct gdb_exception e
;
8605 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8606 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8609 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8611 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8614 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8615 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8617 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8619 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8623 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8625 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8627 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8628 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8632 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8636 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8638 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8639 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8641 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8643 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8644 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8646 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8647 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8648 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8649 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8650 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8652 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8653 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8654 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8655 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8656 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8659 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8661 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8662 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8667 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8671 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8672 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8673 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8674 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8675 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8676 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8678 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8679 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8680 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8681 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8682 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8683 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8684 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8685 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8686 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8688 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8689 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8690 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8691 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8692 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8693 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8694 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8695 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8696 with commands won't work. */
8698 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8700 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8701 list, update the global location list. This
8702 will remove locations that used to belong to
8703 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8704 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8705 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8706 design to have location completely self-contained,
8707 but it's not the case now. */
8708 update_global_location_list (0);
8711 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8712 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8713 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8719 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8721 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8725 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8727 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8731 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8733 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8739 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8741 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8742 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8743 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8746 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8747 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8748 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8749 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8750 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8751 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8754 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8759 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8761 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8765 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8766 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8767 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8768 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8769 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8770 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8772 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8777 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8781 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8783 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8784 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8789 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8790 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8791 Null names are ignored. */
8794 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8796 struct bp_location
*l
;
8797 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8798 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8799 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8801 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8804 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8806 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8810 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8812 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8827 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8828 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8832 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8834 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8835 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8836 the common case where all locations are in the same
8837 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8838 retain the location, so that when the library
8839 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8840 status of the individual locations. */
8841 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8846 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8848 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8849 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8851 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8853 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8855 struct gdb_exception e
;
8858 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8860 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8865 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8866 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8867 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8871 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8872 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8873 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8874 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8876 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8878 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8879 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8882 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8883 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8884 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8886 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8888 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8889 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8890 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8891 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8892 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8893 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8894 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8896 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8898 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8900 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8901 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8903 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8904 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8905 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8913 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8914 if (l
->function_name
8915 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8925 update_global_location_list (1);
8929 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8930 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8931 Unused in this case. */
8934 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8936 /* get past catch_errs */
8937 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8941 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8942 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8943 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8945 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8946 struct gdb_exception e
;
8947 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8952 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8956 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8958 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8959 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8962 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8964 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8969 set_language (b
->language
);
8970 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8973 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8974 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8976 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8978 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8983 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8984 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8985 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8986 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8987 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8988 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8989 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8991 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
8992 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8993 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
8994 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
8996 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
8998 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
8999 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9000 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9001 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9002 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9003 which approach is better. */
9004 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9005 throw_exception (e
);
9011 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9013 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9014 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9016 char *cond_string
= 0;
9020 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9021 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9023 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9026 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9029 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9032 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9033 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9037 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9038 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9039 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9040 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9041 or it can be on local variables.
9043 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9044 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9045 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9048 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9049 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9050 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9051 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9052 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9053 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9055 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9056 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9057 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9058 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9060 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9061 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9063 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9064 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9065 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9067 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9068 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9074 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9076 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9077 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9078 case bp_overlay_event
:
9079 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9080 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9083 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9084 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9085 case bp_shlib_event
:
9087 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9088 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9089 case bp_thread_event
:
9091 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9092 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9093 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9094 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9097 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9099 case bp_step_resume
:
9101 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9106 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9110 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9112 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9114 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9115 enum language save_language
;
9116 int save_input_radix
;
9117 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9119 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9120 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9121 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9123 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9125 /* Format possible error msg */
9126 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9128 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9129 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9130 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9132 set_language (save_language
);
9133 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9135 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9137 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9139 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9140 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9141 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9142 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9143 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9146 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9148 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9149 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9151 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9153 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9155 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9156 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9158 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9159 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9160 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9162 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9166 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9167 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9168 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9171 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9173 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9179 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9181 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9185 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9187 else if (count
== 1)
9188 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9191 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9194 breakpoints_changed ();
9195 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9199 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9203 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9205 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9209 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9212 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9218 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9220 num
= get_number (&p
);
9222 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9224 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9226 set_ignore_count (num
,
9227 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9230 printf_filtered ("\n");
9233 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9234 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9237 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9242 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9246 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9253 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9256 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9261 if (b
->number
== num
)
9263 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9266 if (related_breakpoint
)
9267 function (related_breakpoint
);
9271 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9277 static struct bp_location
*
9278 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9280 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9284 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9285 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9290 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9292 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9295 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9300 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9301 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9304 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9306 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9310 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9313 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9319 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9320 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9321 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9324 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9326 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9327 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9328 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9329 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9332 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9333 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9336 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9338 update_global_location_list (0);
9340 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9344 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9346 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9352 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9358 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9360 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9361 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9362 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9363 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9367 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9369 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9372 update_global_location_list (0);
9375 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9379 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9381 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9384 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9387 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9388 target_resources_ok
=
9389 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9391 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9392 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9393 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9394 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9397 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9398 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9399 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9400 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9402 struct gdb_exception e
;
9404 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9406 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9410 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9416 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9417 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9418 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9419 update_global_location_list (1);
9420 breakpoints_changed ();
9422 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9427 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9429 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9432 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9433 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9434 in stopping the inferior. */
9437 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9439 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9441 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9445 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9451 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9453 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9454 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9455 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9456 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9460 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9462 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9465 update_global_location_list (1);
9468 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9472 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9474 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9478 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9480 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9484 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9486 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9490 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9492 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9496 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9501 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9505 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
9506 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
9510 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
9511 const bfd_byte
*data
)
9513 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9515 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9516 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
9517 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9518 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
9520 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9522 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9523 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
9524 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
9525 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
9527 value_free (bp
->val
);
9534 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9536 struct symtabs_and_lines
9537 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9539 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9541 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9542 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9543 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9544 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9545 default_breakpoint_line
,
9546 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9548 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9549 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9551 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9555 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9556 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9557 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9558 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9562 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9563 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9565 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9567 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9569 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9570 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9572 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9574 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9582 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9585 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9587 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9590 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9596 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9598 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9599 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9601 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9604 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9605 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9609 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9611 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9612 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9616 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9617 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9618 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9621 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9622 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9623 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9624 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9625 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9626 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9628 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9630 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9631 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9634 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9637 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9639 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9641 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9643 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9644 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9645 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9646 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9648 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9650 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9651 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9652 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9653 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9657 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9660 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9664 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9666 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9668 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9669 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9677 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9678 non-zero otherwise. */
9680 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9682 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9683 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9684 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9691 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9693 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9695 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9699 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9701 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9703 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9704 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9706 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9710 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9712 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9722 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9724 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9725 char *text
, char *word
)
9727 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9728 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9731 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9733 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9735 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9737 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9738 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9742 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9744 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9746 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9747 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9749 0 /* Ignore count */,
9750 pending_break_support
,
9754 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9757 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9761 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9763 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9764 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9766 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9779 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9784 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9785 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9788 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9789 Not supported by all targets. */
9791 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9793 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9796 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9797 Not supported by all targets. */
9799 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9801 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9804 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9806 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9808 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9814 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9816 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9817 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9818 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9823 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9828 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9830 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9834 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9836 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9841 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9844 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9846 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9847 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9848 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9851 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9853 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9857 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9858 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9860 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9862 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9865 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9867 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9870 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9873 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9879 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9880 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9882 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9883 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9885 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9889 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9896 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9898 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9901 if (t
->number
== num
)
9907 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9908 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9909 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9910 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9912 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9914 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9915 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9917 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9919 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9922 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9924 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9927 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9931 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9932 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9935 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9940 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9945 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9946 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9947 allow us to discover this. */
9948 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9952 /* save-tracepoints command */
9954 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9956 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9958 struct action_line
*line
;
9960 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9961 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9963 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9965 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9966 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9968 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9969 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9976 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9980 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9981 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9982 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9984 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9985 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9986 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9988 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9990 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9991 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
9994 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
9995 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
9999 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10003 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
10005 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
10007 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
10009 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
10010 actionline
= line
->action
;
10011 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
10014 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
10015 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
10017 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
10019 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
10020 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
10022 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
10028 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10030 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10034 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10036 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10039 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10040 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10042 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10044 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10051 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10052 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10053 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10054 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10055 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10056 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10057 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10058 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10059 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10060 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10061 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10063 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10064 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10066 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10068 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10070 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10071 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10073 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10074 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10076 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10077 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10079 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10080 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10081 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10082 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10083 char *text
, char *word
),
10084 void *user_data_catch
,
10085 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10087 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10089 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10091 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10092 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10093 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10095 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10097 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10098 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10099 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10103 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
10105 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
10107 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10108 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10109 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10113 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10115 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10116 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10117 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10119 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10120 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10121 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10123 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10124 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10125 before a breakpoint is set. */
10126 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10128 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10130 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10131 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10132 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10134 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10136 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10137 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10138 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10139 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10140 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10141 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10142 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10143 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10145 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10146 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10147 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10148 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10150 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10151 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10152 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10153 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10154 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10156 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10157 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10159 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10160 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10161 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10162 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10164 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10165 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10167 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10168 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10169 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10170 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10172 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10173 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10175 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10176 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10177 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10178 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10179 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10180 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10181 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10183 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10184 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10185 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10186 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10187 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10188 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10190 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10192 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10193 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10194 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10195 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10196 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10197 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10199 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10200 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10201 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10204 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10205 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10206 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10209 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10210 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10211 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10214 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10215 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10216 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10219 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10220 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10221 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10222 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10223 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10224 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10225 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10226 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10228 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10229 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10230 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10231 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10232 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10234 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10235 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10236 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10237 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10238 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10239 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10242 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10243 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10244 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10245 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10247 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10248 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10249 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10250 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10251 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10253 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10254 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10255 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10256 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10258 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10259 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10260 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10261 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10262 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10265 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10266 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10267 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10268 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10269 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10270 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10272 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10273 is executing in.\n\
10275 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10277 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10278 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10279 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10280 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10282 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10283 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10284 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10285 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10288 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10292 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10293 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10294 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10295 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10296 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10297 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10298 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10299 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10300 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10301 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10302 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10303 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10304 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10305 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10306 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10307 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10309 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10310 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10311 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10312 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10313 breakpoint set."));
10316 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10317 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10318 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10319 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10320 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10321 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10322 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10323 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10324 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10326 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10327 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10328 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10329 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10330 breakpoint set."));
10332 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10335 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10336 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10337 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10338 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10339 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10340 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10341 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10342 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10343 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10345 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10346 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10347 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10348 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10349 breakpoint set."));
10351 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10352 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10353 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10354 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10355 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10356 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10357 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10358 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10359 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10360 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10361 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10362 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10363 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10365 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10366 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10367 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10368 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10370 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10372 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10373 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10374 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10375 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10377 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10378 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10379 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10380 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10382 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10383 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10384 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10385 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10386 catch_catch_command
,
10390 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10391 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10392 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10393 catch_throw_command
,
10397 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10398 catch_fork_command_1
,
10400 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10401 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10402 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10403 catch_fork_command_1
,
10405 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10406 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10407 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10408 catch_exec_command_1
,
10412 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10413 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10414 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10415 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10416 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10417 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10418 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10419 catch_syscall_completer
,
10422 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10423 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10424 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10425 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10429 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10430 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10431 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10432 catch_assert_command
,
10437 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10438 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10439 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10440 an expression changes."));
10441 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10443 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10444 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10445 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10446 an expression is read."));
10447 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10449 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10450 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10451 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10452 an expression is either read or written."));
10453 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10455 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10456 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10459 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10460 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10461 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10462 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10463 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10464 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10465 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10466 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10467 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10470 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10471 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10473 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10475 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10477 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10478 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10480 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10481 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10482 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10484 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10485 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10486 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10487 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10489 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10490 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10491 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10492 last tracepoint set."));
10494 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10496 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10497 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10498 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10499 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10502 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10503 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10504 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10505 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10507 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10509 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10510 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10511 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10512 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10514 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10516 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10517 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10518 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10519 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10520 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10522 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10523 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10524 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10525 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10527 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10528 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10529 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10530 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10531 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10532 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10533 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10534 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10535 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10536 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10537 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10538 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10540 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10541 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10542 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10543 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10544 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10545 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10546 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10547 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10549 show_pending_break_support
,
10550 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10551 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10553 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10555 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10556 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10557 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10558 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10559 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10560 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10561 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10563 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10564 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10565 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10567 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10568 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10569 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10570 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10571 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10572 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10573 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10574 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10575 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10576 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10577 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10578 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10580 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10581 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10582 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10584 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10586 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);